1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
125 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
126 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
127 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
130 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
134 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
135 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
136 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
138 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
143 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
148 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
149 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
151 /* This function may be called more than once. */
152 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".got");
156 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
158 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
159 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
160 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
161 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
164 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
168 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
170 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
174 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
176 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
178 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
179 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
184 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
185 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
187 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
189 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
190 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
191 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
192 a global offset table. */
193 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
194 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
195 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
203 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
205 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
207 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
209 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
210 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
212 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
213 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
214 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
215 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
216 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
219 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
221 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
227 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
230 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
232 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
233 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
239 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
240 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
241 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
242 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
243 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
244 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
247 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
251 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
252 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
254 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
257 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
260 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
263 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
264 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
266 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
268 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
269 shared library does not. */
270 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
272 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
273 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
278 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
279 if they are not needed. */
280 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
281 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
283 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
286 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
287 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
289 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
292 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
293 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
295 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
298 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
299 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
301 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
303 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
305 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
306 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
310 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
312 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
315 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
316 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
317 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
318 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
319 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
320 to decide how to initialize the process. */
321 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
322 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
328 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
329 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
331 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
333 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
336 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
338 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
339 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
341 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
343 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
344 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
345 variable count of 32-bit words. */
346 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
347 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
349 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
352 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
353 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
354 the .got and .plt sections. */
355 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
356 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
359 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
364 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
367 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
369 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
370 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
372 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
373 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
375 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
376 .rel[a].bss sections. */
377 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
380 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
381 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
382 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
383 to read in from the object file. */
384 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
386 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
387 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
388 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
390 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
392 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
396 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
398 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
400 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
401 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
402 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
407 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
408 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
409 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
410 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
412 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
416 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
419 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
421 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
422 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
423 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
424 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
425 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
426 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
427 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
428 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
432 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
433 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
434 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
435 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
436 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
437 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
438 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
439 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
440 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
441 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
443 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
445 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
446 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
447 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
448 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
450 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
458 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
459 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
460 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
461 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
462 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
463 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
467 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
470 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
472 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
477 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
478 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
479 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
480 this would not be necessary. */
481 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
485 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
486 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
489 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
497 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
498 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
500 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
503 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
504 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
509 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
511 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
512 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
514 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
515 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
516 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
517 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
518 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
521 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
526 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
528 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
534 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
537 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
538 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
539 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
541 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
543 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
544 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
547 if ((info
->dynamic_data
548 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
549 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
551 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
552 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
554 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
555 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
559 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
560 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
563 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
564 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
570 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
571 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
573 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
576 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
577 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
581 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
583 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
584 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
587 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
588 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
590 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
594 switch (h
->root
.type
)
596 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
597 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
598 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
600 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
601 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
602 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
603 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
604 may depend on this. */
605 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
606 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
607 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
609 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
610 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
613 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
614 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
615 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
616 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
618 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
619 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
620 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
621 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
623 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
624 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
625 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
626 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
628 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
633 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
634 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
635 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
636 force the correct value. */
640 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
642 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
643 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
644 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
645 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
649 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
655 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
656 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
657 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
658 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
661 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
663 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
665 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
666 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
671 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
672 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
675 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
678 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
679 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
680 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
681 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
682 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
684 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
692 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
693 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
694 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
697 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
702 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
703 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
704 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
707 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
708 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
710 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
713 /* See if the entry exists already. */
714 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
715 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
718 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
719 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
723 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
724 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
725 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
727 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
731 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
732 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
736 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
737 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
739 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
740 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
741 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
746 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
747 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
748 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
750 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
753 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
754 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
759 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
760 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
762 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
764 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
766 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
767 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
768 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
769 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
772 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
774 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
776 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
781 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
784 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
788 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
790 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
791 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
796 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
797 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
798 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
801 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
804 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
809 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
810 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
816 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
817 STB_LOCAL binding. */
820 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
823 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
825 if (!h
->forced_local
)
828 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
829 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
834 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
835 omitted when creating a shared library. */
837 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
838 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
841 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
844 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
848 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
849 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
851 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
852 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
855 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
856 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
858 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
859 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
860 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
862 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
863 against any other section. */
869 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
870 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
871 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
872 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
876 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
877 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
878 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
880 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
882 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
883 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
885 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
887 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
888 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
889 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
890 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
891 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
893 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
895 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
897 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
898 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
901 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
903 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
904 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
905 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
907 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
909 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
910 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
913 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
914 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
915 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
919 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
923 /* Merge st_other field. */
926 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
927 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
928 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
930 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
932 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
933 code might be needed here. */
934 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
935 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
940 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
941 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
943 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
944 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
945 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
946 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
949 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
950 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
951 h
->protected_def
= 1;
954 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
955 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
956 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
957 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
958 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
959 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
960 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
961 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
962 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
963 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
964 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
965 type or size does change. */
968 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
969 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
971 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
974 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
976 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
977 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
979 bfd_boolean
*override
,
980 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
981 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
982 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
984 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
985 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
986 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
987 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
990 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
991 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
992 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
999 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1001 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1002 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1004 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1005 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1010 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1012 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1013 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1015 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1016 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1019 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1021 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1022 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1024 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1027 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1031 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1036 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1037 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1039 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1040 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1041 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1045 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1049 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1050 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1051 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1052 the same symbol version. */
1053 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1054 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1055 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1056 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1061 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1065 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1066 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1071 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1072 have the same symbol version. */
1073 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1074 || (old_version
!= NULL
1075 && new_version
!= NULL
1076 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1081 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1086 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1091 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1092 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1093 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1096 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1097 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1098 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1099 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1102 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1103 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1104 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1106 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1109 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1112 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1113 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1114 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1115 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1117 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1119 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
1120 if we are doing an ELF link. */
1121 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
1124 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1125 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1127 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1129 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1130 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1132 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1134 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1135 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1136 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1137 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1138 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1139 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1140 reference to the executable symbol. */
1143 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1145 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1147 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1148 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1153 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1156 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1160 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1161 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1162 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1164 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1170 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1171 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1172 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1173 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1174 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1175 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1177 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1178 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1179 || !h
->def_regular
))
1184 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1185 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1187 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1188 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1189 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1192 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1193 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1195 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1197 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1198 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1199 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1201 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1202 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1204 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1205 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1207 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1208 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1210 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from a
1211 dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if there is
1212 an existing regular definition with a different type. We don't
1213 want, for example, a "time" variable in the executable overriding
1214 a "time" function in a shared library. */
1215 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1219 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1220 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1221 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1222 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1223 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1229 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1230 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1231 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1233 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1234 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1235 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1236 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1239 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1240 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1242 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1263 /* xgettext:c-format */
1264 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1265 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1266 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1267 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1269 /* xgettext:c-format */
1270 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1271 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1272 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1275 /* xgettext:c-format */
1276 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1277 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1278 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1281 /* xgettext:c-format */
1282 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1283 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1284 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1286 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1290 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1291 definition from a dynamic object. */
1293 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1294 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1297 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1299 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1300 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1301 recorded as dynamic.
1303 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1304 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1305 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1310 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1313 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1314 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1315 object, we remove the old definition. */
1316 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1318 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1319 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1320 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1321 was referenced before. */
1324 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1325 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1326 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1328 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1329 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1331 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1332 any dynamic link state. */
1333 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1334 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1341 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1351 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1352 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1353 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1354 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1355 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1356 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1357 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1358 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1360 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1361 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1365 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1366 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1369 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1371 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1372 any dynamic link state. */
1373 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1374 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1380 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1386 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1387 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1388 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1389 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1390 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1391 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1392 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1394 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1395 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1397 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1399 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1402 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1403 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1404 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1406 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1407 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1408 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1413 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1414 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1416 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1417 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1420 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1421 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1423 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1424 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1425 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1426 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1427 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1428 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1429 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1430 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1431 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1432 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1433 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1436 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1437 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1439 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1440 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1441 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1442 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1443 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1449 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1450 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1453 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1455 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1459 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1461 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1462 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1465 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1467 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1469 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1470 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1471 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1473 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1478 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1479 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1484 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1486 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1487 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1488 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1489 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1490 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1492 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1493 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1494 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1495 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1497 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1500 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1501 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1502 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1503 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1504 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1505 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1507 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1508 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1509 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1510 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1511 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1512 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. A common
1513 symbol in executable also overrides a symbol in a shared object. */
1518 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1521 || (!olddyn
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))))))
1525 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1527 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1528 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1530 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1531 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1532 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1533 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1534 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1536 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1537 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1540 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1541 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1542 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1543 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1547 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1551 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1552 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1553 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1554 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1557 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1558 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1560 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1561 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1562 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1563 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1569 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1570 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1572 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1573 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1574 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1578 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1583 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1584 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1585 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1586 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1587 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1589 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1590 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1591 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1596 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1597 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1602 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1603 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1606 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1607 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1608 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1611 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1613 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1614 overriding a function. */
1616 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1620 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1621 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1624 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1626 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1629 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1632 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1633 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1634 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1635 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1638 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1639 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1640 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1641 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1642 in the shared library. */
1645 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1648 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1649 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1650 or the alignment. */
1651 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1652 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1654 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1655 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1657 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1660 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1661 in the dynamic object. */
1662 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1663 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1666 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1668 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1669 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1671 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1672 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1674 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1677 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1682 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1683 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1684 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1685 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1686 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1687 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1688 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1689 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1693 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1700 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1701 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1702 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1703 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1706 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1707 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1708 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1710 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1714 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1716 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1717 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1720 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1721 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1723 bfd_boolean collect
;
1724 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1725 bfd_boolean override
;
1727 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1729 bfd_boolean matched
;
1731 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1734 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1735 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1736 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1737 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1738 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1739 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1743 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1748 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1750 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1754 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1759 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1765 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1766 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1767 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1769 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1770 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1771 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1773 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1774 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1776 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1777 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1778 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1779 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1780 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1781 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1784 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1785 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1786 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1792 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1794 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1795 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1796 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1797 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1798 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1799 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1804 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1805 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1806 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1808 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1812 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1813 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1819 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1820 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1823 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1824 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1825 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1826 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1828 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1833 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1834 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1835 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1836 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1837 name, and it is the default version.
1839 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1840 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1841 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1843 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1844 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1845 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1846 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1847 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1848 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1849 definition in the regular object. */
1851 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1852 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1853 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1855 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1856 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1860 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1864 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1869 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1870 other fields correctly. */
1874 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1875 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1876 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1878 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1879 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1880 the user in that case. */
1882 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1884 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1886 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1887 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1889 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1890 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1891 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1892 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1893 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1895 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1901 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
1908 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1914 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1918 len
= strlen (name
);
1919 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1920 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1922 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1923 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1925 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1926 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1927 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1929 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1930 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1931 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1939 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1940 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1941 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1942 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1943 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1945 /* xgettext:c-format */
1946 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1952 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1953 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1954 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1956 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1958 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1959 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1960 to the user in that case. */
1962 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1964 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1965 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1966 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
1968 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1974 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
1980 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1990 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1991 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1994 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1996 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1998 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1999 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2002 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2003 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2006 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2007 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2008 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2009 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2011 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2021 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2022 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2023 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2024 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2027 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2030 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2031 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2032 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2035 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2040 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2041 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2042 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2045 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2046 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2050 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2053 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2054 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2060 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2065 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2068 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2072 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2073 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2074 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2078 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2081 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2085 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2086 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2087 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2089 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2091 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2092 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2094 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2097 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2104 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2105 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2106 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2107 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2110 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2112 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2114 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2115 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2118 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2121 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2124 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2127 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2131 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2133 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2136 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2137 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2138 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2140 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2143 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2146 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2150 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2151 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2153 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
2157 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2159 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2160 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2163 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2166 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2167 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2168 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2169 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2171 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2175 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2176 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2178 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2180 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2182 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2185 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2186 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2194 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2195 version node for this version. */
2196 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2198 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2201 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2202 to worry about it. */
2203 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2206 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2210 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2215 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2219 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2220 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2221 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2223 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2227 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2231 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2235 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2236 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2238 /* xgettext:c-format */
2239 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2240 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2241 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2242 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2247 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2249 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2254 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2255 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2256 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2257 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2263 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2264 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2265 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2266 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2267 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2268 relocations should be stored.
2270 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2273 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2275 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2276 void *external_relocs
,
2277 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2279 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2280 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2281 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2282 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2283 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2284 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2287 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2288 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2291 /* Read the relocations. */
2292 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2295 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2296 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2298 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2300 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2301 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2302 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2303 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2304 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2311 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2312 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2313 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2314 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2318 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2319 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2320 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2324 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2327 /* xgettext:c-format */
2328 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2329 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2331 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2332 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2336 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2339 /* xgettext:c-format */
2340 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2341 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2343 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2344 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2347 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2348 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2354 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2355 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2356 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2357 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2358 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2359 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2360 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2361 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2362 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2365 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2367 void *external_relocs
,
2368 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2369 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2371 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2372 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2373 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2374 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2375 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2377 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2378 return esdo
->relocs
;
2380 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2383 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2387 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2388 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2390 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2392 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2393 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2397 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2399 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2402 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2404 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2406 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2409 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2412 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2415 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2419 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2420 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2421 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2422 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2426 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2428 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2431 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2433 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2438 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2439 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2441 return internal_relocs
;
2449 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2456 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2457 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2460 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2461 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2463 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2465 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2466 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2468 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2469 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2470 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2471 we zero the allocated space. */
2472 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2473 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2476 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2478 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2480 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2481 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2485 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2491 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2492 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2496 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2497 asection
*input_section
,
2498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2499 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2500 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2503 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2504 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2506 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2507 asection
*output_section
;
2508 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2509 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2510 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2512 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2514 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2515 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2516 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2518 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2519 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2521 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2522 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2524 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2525 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2530 /* xgettext:c-format */
2531 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2532 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2533 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2537 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2538 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2539 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2540 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2541 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2542 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2544 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2545 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2546 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2549 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2551 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2556 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2559 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2560 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2562 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2564 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2565 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2570 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2571 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2572 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2573 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2574 the face of future changes. */
2577 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2578 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2580 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2582 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2583 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2584 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2585 an ELF dynamic object. */
2588 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2589 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2591 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2592 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2595 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2599 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2600 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2601 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2604 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2610 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2614 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2623 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2624 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2625 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2626 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2627 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2628 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2629 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2630 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2632 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2633 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2634 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2635 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2636 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2640 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2641 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2642 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2643 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2646 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2647 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2648 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2649 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2650 flag will not have been set. */
2651 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2655 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2658 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2659 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2660 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2661 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2662 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2663 will force it local. */
2665 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2666 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2667 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2668 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2671 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2673 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2674 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2675 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2678 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2679 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2680 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2681 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2682 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2684 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2685 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2686 over to the real definition. */
2687 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2689 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2690 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2691 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2692 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2693 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2698 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2699 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2701 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2702 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2703 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2704 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2705 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2706 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2713 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2714 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2718 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2720 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2724 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2727 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2728 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2731 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2732 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2735 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2736 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2737 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2738 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2739 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2740 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2741 referenced by another one? */
2743 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2747 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2749 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2753 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2754 can happen via a recursive call. */
2755 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2758 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2759 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2760 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2761 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2762 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2764 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2765 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2766 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2767 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2769 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2770 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2771 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2772 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2773 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2774 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2775 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2778 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2779 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2780 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2781 extern int timezone;
2783 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2784 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2785 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2786 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2787 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2788 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2789 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2790 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2792 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2794 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2795 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2796 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2798 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2799 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2800 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2804 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2805 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2806 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2807 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2808 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2810 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2813 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2814 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2816 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2817 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2819 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2828 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2832 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2833 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2836 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2838 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2840 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2841 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2842 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2843 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2844 for the minimum alignment. */
2845 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2846 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2847 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2853 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2856 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2857 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2862 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2863 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2865 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2866 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2867 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2869 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2870 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2872 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
2873 if (h
->protected_def
2874 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
2875 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
2876 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
2877 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2878 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is dangerous\n"),
2879 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2884 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2885 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2888 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2892 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2893 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2894 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2895 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2897 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2899 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2900 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2901 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2902 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2903 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2909 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2910 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2911 considered to bind dynamically. */
2914 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2915 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2916 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2918 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2919 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2920 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2925 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2926 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2927 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2929 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2930 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2932 if (h
->forced_local
)
2935 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2936 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2937 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
2938 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
2940 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2947 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2948 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2951 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2953 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2954 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2955 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2956 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2957 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2964 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2965 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2968 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2969 us that it remains local. */
2970 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2973 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2974 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2975 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2976 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
2977 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
2978 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
2979 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
2980 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
2981 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
2982 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
2983 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
2984 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
2987 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2988 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2989 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2991 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2992 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2994 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2998 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2999 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3000 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3003 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3004 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3005 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3007 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3008 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3009 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3012 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3013 if (h
->forced_local
)
3016 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
3017 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3020 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3021 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3022 shared libraries. */
3023 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3026 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3027 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3028 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3031 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3032 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3035 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3037 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3038 symbols are local. */
3039 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3040 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3041 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3042 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3045 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3046 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3047 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3048 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3049 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3050 return local_protected
;
3053 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3054 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3056 struct bfd_section
*
3057 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3059 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3060 unsigned int align
= 0;
3062 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3063 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3067 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3068 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3069 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3071 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3073 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3074 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3076 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3081 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3083 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3084 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3086 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3088 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3089 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3090 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3093 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3094 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3095 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3098 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3099 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3102 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3103 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3104 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3107 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3108 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3109 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3110 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3112 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3114 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3115 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3116 in the same way that it used to do. */
3122 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3123 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3124 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3126 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3128 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3132 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3133 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3134 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3137 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3141 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3144 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3145 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3146 get the correct symbol table. */
3147 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3148 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3149 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3150 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3154 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3156 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3157 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3159 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3160 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3162 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3164 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3166 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3167 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3168 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3170 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3175 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3176 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3179 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3182 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3183 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3185 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3188 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3190 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3194 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3199 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3201 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3211 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3214 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3218 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3219 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3221 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3222 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3223 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3225 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3226 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3229 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3230 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3231 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3233 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3234 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3235 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3239 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3240 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3243 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3248 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3249 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3250 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3253 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3254 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3258 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3261 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3264 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3265 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3266 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3269 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3272 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3275 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3276 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3278 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3279 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3280 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3282 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3284 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3285 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3286 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3288 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3296 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3299 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3303 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3304 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3309 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3310 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3314 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3315 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3316 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3318 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3319 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3320 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3321 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3322 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3323 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3324 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3325 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3326 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3327 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3328 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3334 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3336 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3338 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3339 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3340 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3342 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3343 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3344 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3346 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3349 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3351 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3353 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3354 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3357 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3358 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3361 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3363 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3365 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3366 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3370 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3374 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3376 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3377 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3378 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3379 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3382 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3385 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3386 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3388 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3389 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3390 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3392 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3393 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3394 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3395 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3397 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3399 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3403 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3413 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3418 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3421 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3422 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3423 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3424 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3426 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3427 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3429 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3430 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3435 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3436 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3438 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3442 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3444 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3445 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3447 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3449 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3450 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3451 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3453 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3454 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3455 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3458 while (def
.vd_next
);
3461 /* Adjust version references. */
3462 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3467 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3468 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3470 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3474 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3476 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3477 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3478 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3479 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3480 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3482 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3483 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3484 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3486 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3488 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3489 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3492 while (need
.vn_next
);
3498 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3499 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3503 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3504 const bfd_target
*output
)
3506 return input
== output
;
3509 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3510 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3511 are virtually identical. */
3514 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3515 const bfd_target
*output
)
3517 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3519 if (input
== output
)
3522 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3523 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3525 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3528 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3529 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3532 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3533 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3534 processing the lib. */
3537 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3538 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3539 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3541 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3544 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3547 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3549 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3550 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3552 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3553 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3556 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3557 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3558 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3559 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3560 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3561 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3562 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3563 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3564 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3565 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3567 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3568 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3569 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3570 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3571 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3572 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3573 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3577 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3579 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3582 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3583 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3584 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3585 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3586 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3587 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3588 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3591 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3593 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3596 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3598 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3599 free (internal_relocs
);
3609 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3612 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3614 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3615 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3619 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3620 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3621 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3622 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3623 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3624 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3625 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3626 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3627 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3628 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3629 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3630 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3631 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3633 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3634 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3635 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3636 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3637 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3639 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3640 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3641 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3644 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3646 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3647 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3649 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3655 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3656 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3657 the format of the output file. */
3658 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3659 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3660 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3662 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3665 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3670 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3671 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3672 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3673 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3674 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3675 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3676 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3677 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3678 /* xgettext:c-format */
3679 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3680 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3682 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3683 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3684 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3685 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3686 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3687 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3691 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3692 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3697 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3699 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3700 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3701 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3702 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3703 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3704 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3705 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3706 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3710 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3712 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3714 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3716 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3717 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3722 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3726 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3731 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3732 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3733 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3736 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3738 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3739 not get copied into the output file. */
3742 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3743 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3744 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3749 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3750 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3755 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3756 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3757 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3758 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3759 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3760 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3761 make a shared library. */
3763 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3764 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3765 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3766 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3767 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3768 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3770 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3774 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3778 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3780 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3783 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3784 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3788 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3789 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3790 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3791 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3792 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3793 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3795 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3796 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3797 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3799 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3804 unsigned int elfsec
;
3805 unsigned long shlink
;
3807 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3814 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3815 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3816 goto error_free_dyn
;
3817 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3819 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3820 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3821 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3823 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3825 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3826 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3828 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3829 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3831 goto error_free_dyn
;
3833 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3835 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3837 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3839 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3840 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3841 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3842 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3843 goto error_free_dyn
;
3844 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3845 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3847 goto error_free_dyn
;
3848 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3852 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3856 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3858 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3860 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3862 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3863 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3864 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3865 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3866 goto error_free_dyn
;
3867 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3868 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3870 goto error_free_dyn
;
3871 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3875 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3881 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3882 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3884 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3886 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3888 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3889 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3890 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3891 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3892 goto error_free_dyn
;
3893 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3894 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3896 goto error_free_dyn
;
3897 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3907 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3909 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3910 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3917 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3918 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3924 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3925 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3930 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3931 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3932 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3933 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3934 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3935 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3937 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3939 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3940 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3941 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3942 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3944 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3946 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3947 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3948 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3951 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3952 will need to know it. */
3953 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3955 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3959 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3960 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3961 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3965 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
3966 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
3969 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3970 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3971 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3972 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3974 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3975 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3977 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3979 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3981 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3982 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3984 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3986 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3991 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3992 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3995 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
3996 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3998 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4000 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4003 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4005 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4008 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4009 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4010 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4011 goto error_free_sym
;
4012 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4018 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4019 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4020 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4021 goto error_free_sym
;
4023 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4024 to internal format. */
4025 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4027 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4029 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4030 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4031 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4032 goto error_free_sym
;
4033 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4034 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4035 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4036 goto error_free_vers
;
4040 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4041 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4042 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4043 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4048 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4050 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4051 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4053 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4055 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4056 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4057 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4058 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4062 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4063 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4064 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4065 goto error_free_vers
;
4067 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4068 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4069 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4070 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4071 goto error_free_vers
;
4073 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4074 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4075 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4076 goto error_free_vers
;
4078 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4079 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4080 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4081 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4082 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4083 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4084 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4085 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4086 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4087 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4088 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4089 goto error_free_vers
;
4091 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4093 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4094 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4096 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4098 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4099 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4100 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4101 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4103 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4104 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4111 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4112 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4114 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4118 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4121 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4122 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4123 bfd_boolean definition
;
4124 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4125 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4126 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
4127 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4128 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4129 bfd_boolean override
;
4131 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4132 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4134 bfd_boolean matched
;
4138 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4140 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4141 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4144 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4148 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4149 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4150 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4155 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4163 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4164 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4168 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4172 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4173 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4174 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4175 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4176 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4178 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4179 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4180 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4181 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4185 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4187 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4188 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4190 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4192 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4194 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4196 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4200 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4203 goto error_free_vers
;
4205 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4206 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4208 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4212 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4214 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4216 goto error_free_vers
;
4220 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4221 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4222 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4224 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4228 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4229 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4230 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4232 goto error_free_vers
;
4236 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4238 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4240 goto error_free_vers
;
4242 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4243 should be skipped for some reason. */
4248 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4251 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4252 goto error_free_vers
;
4255 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4256 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4257 for this executable. */
4258 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4259 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4262 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4263 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4268 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4269 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4276 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4278 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4279 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4284 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4285 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4286 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4291 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4293 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4295 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4296 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4297 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4298 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4299 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4300 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4302 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4303 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4306 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4309 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4311 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4313 else if (vernum
> 1)
4315 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4322 /* xgettext:c-format */
4323 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4325 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4326 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4327 goto error_free_vers
;
4332 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4333 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4334 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4336 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4339 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4343 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4345 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4347 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4349 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4359 /* xgettext:c-format */
4360 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4361 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4362 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4363 goto error_free_vers
;
4367 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4368 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4369 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4370 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4371 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4374 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4375 if (newname
== NULL
)
4376 goto error_free_vers
;
4377 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4378 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4380 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4381 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4382 default version of the symbol. */
4383 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4384 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4386 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4391 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4392 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4393 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4396 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4397 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4398 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4400 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4401 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4402 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4403 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4405 goto error_free_vers
;
4410 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4412 if (override
&& matched
)
4416 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4417 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4418 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4420 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4423 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4426 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4427 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4428 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4429 goto error_free_vers
;
4431 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
4432 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4433 && bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
4434 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
|= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4437 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4440 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4441 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4442 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4444 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4445 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4451 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4452 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4456 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4457 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4458 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4460 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4461 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4462 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4463 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4464 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4465 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4466 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4467 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4468 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4469 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4470 definition anyhow. */
4472 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4477 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4478 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4479 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4484 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4487 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4488 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4489 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4491 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4492 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4494 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4497 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4499 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4500 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4501 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4502 object and a shared object. */
4503 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4505 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4506 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4507 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4514 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4515 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4527 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4528 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4529 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4530 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4540 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4545 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4548 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4549 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4550 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4553 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4555 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4559 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4560 the default name. */
4562 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4563 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4564 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4565 goto error_free_vers
;
4567 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4568 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4569 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4570 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4571 alignment is maintained. */
4572 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4573 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4575 unsigned int common_align
;
4576 unsigned int normal_align
;
4577 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4581 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4582 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4584 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4585 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4586 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4587 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4589 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4590 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4591 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4594 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4598 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4599 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4604 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4606 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4609 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4611 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4612 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4614 /* xgettext:c-format */
4615 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4616 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4617 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4618 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4621 /* xgettext:c-format */
4622 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4623 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4624 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4625 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4629 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4630 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4631 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4632 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4635 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4636 && ! size_change_ok
)
4638 /* xgettext:c-format */
4639 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4640 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4642 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4643 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4645 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4648 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4649 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4650 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4651 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4652 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4654 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4655 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4657 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4658 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4659 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4660 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4662 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4664 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4666 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4667 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4670 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4672 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4673 /* xgettext:c-format */
4675 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4676 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4677 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4683 /* Merge st_other field. */
4684 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4686 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4688 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4689 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4692 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4693 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4698 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4699 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4702 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4704 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4705 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4707 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4708 aliases can be checked. */
4711 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4712 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4714 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4716 goto error_free_vers
;
4718 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4722 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4724 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4725 goto error_free_vers
;
4726 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4728 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4730 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4731 goto error_free_vers
;
4734 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4735 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4736 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4738 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4742 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4747 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
4748 for unmatched symbol. */
4753 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4755 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4756 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4757 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4758 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
4759 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
4762 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4764 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4765 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4767 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4768 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4769 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4770 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4773 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4776 /* xgettext:c-format */
4777 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4779 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4780 goto error_free_vers
;
4783 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4784 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4787 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4789 goto error_free_vers
;
4791 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4796 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4802 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4808 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4812 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4813 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4814 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4815 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4816 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4817 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4818 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4819 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4820 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4821 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4822 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
4825 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4827 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4830 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4832 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4834 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4835 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4836 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4838 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4839 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4840 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4842 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4844 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4845 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4850 alignment_power
= 0;
4852 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4853 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4854 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4855 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4857 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4858 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4859 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4861 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4863 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4864 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4865 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4866 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4871 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4872 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4873 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4874 goto error_free_vers
;
4877 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4879 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4880 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4884 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4886 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
4887 goto error_free_vers
;
4892 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
4893 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
4894 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4895 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4899 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4901 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4902 char *shortname
, *p
;
4904 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4906 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4907 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4910 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4911 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4913 goto error_free_vers
;
4914 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4915 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4917 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4918 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4919 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4921 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4922 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4923 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4925 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4926 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4927 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4928 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4929 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4931 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4932 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4934 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4940 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4941 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4944 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4945 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4946 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4947 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4948 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4949 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4950 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4951 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4952 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4953 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4954 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4955 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4959 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4960 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4961 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4962 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4965 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4966 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4967 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4969 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4970 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4971 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4973 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4974 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4975 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4977 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4981 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4982 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4990 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4991 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4994 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4996 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4999 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5002 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
5003 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
5005 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5006 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5007 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
5008 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
5009 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5010 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5016 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5018 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5019 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5026 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5036 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5040 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5041 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5042 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5043 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5046 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5047 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5048 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5052 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5053 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5054 the largest size. */
5057 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5059 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5060 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5061 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5063 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5065 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
5067 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5068 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5070 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5072 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5075 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5080 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5081 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5082 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5083 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5084 real definition and the weak definition. */
5085 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5087 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5088 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5095 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5098 if (bed
->check_directives
5099 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5102 if (!info
->check_relocs_after_open_input
5103 && !_bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (abfd
, info
))
5106 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5107 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5109 && ! info
->traditional_format
5110 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5111 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5115 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5116 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5118 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5121 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5122 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5123 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5124 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5125 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5126 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5128 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5130 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5131 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5132 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5135 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5136 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5141 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5143 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5144 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5146 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5150 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5157 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5159 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5161 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5162 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5163 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5166 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5172 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5173 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5175 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5176 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5177 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5180 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5184 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5188 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5189 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5190 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5191 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5193 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5194 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5197 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5198 len
= strlen (name
);
5199 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5201 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
5203 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5204 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5205 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5207 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5210 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5212 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5213 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5214 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5217 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5221 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5222 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5223 handle versioned symbols.
5225 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5226 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5227 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5228 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5231 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5232 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5235 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5238 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5242 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5243 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5244 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5246 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5248 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5249 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5251 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5255 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5256 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5257 second and subsequent passes. */
5258 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5262 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5263 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5264 if (included
== NULL
)
5267 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5268 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5269 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5282 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5283 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5285 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5287 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5292 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5298 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5299 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5305 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5307 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5308 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5309 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5310 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5313 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5314 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5315 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5316 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5317 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5319 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5322 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5324 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5325 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5330 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5331 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5332 if (element
== NULL
)
5335 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5338 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5340 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5341 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5343 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5346 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5347 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5348 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5349 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5350 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5351 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5352 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5353 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5356 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5357 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5361 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5366 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5368 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5369 on through the loop. */
5370 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5380 if (included
!= NULL
)
5385 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5389 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5391 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5394 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5396 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5398 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5403 struct hash_codes_info
5405 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5409 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5410 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5413 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5415 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5420 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5421 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5424 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5425 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5427 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5430 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5436 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5437 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5442 /* Compute the hash value. */
5443 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5445 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5446 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5448 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5450 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5458 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5461 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5462 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5463 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5464 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5465 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5466 unsigned long int *indx
;
5467 unsigned long int *counts
;
5470 long int min_dynindx
;
5471 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5472 unsigned long int symindx
;
5473 long int local_indx
;
5474 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5475 unsigned long int mask
;
5479 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5480 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5483 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5485 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5490 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5491 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5494 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5495 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5498 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5499 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5501 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5504 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5510 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5511 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5516 /* Compute the hash value. */
5517 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5519 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5520 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5521 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5522 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5524 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5525 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5533 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5534 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5537 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5539 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5540 unsigned long int bucket
;
5541 unsigned long int val
;
5543 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5544 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5547 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5548 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5550 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5551 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5555 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5556 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5557 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5558 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5560 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5561 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5562 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5563 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5565 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5566 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5567 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5568 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5572 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5575 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5577 return !(h
->forced_local
5578 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5579 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5580 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5581 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5582 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5585 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5586 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5587 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5588 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5589 than 32771 buckets. */
5591 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5593 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5597 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5598 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5599 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5600 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5601 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5602 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5603 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5604 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5606 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5607 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5608 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5611 size_t best_size
= 0;
5612 unsigned long int i
;
5614 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5615 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5616 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5617 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5622 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5623 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5624 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5625 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5626 unsigned long int *counts
;
5628 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5630 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5631 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5633 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5636 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5641 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5645 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5646 since the size could be large. */
5648 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5649 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5653 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5654 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5656 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5658 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5659 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5660 unsigned long int j
;
5661 unsigned long int fact
;
5663 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5666 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5668 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5669 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5670 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5672 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5673 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5674 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5675 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5676 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5677 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5678 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5681 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5683 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5686 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5687 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5688 over a few long chains). */
5689 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5690 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5692 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5693 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5696 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5697 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5698 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5699 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5700 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5702 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5703 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5704 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5708 /* Compare with current best results. */
5709 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5713 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5715 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5716 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5717 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5724 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5726 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5727 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5728 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5729 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5731 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5732 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5735 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5742 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5745 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5749 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5750 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5751 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5756 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5757 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5758 undefined it is initialized. */
5761 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5762 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5763 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5764 bfd_vma default_size
)
5766 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5768 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5770 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5771 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5772 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5773 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5775 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5777 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5778 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5779 if (info
->stacksize
)
5780 /* xgettext:c-format */
5781 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5782 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5783 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5784 /* xgettext:c-format */
5785 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5786 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5788 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5791 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5792 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5793 size, set it now. */
5794 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5796 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5797 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5798 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5800 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5802 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5803 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5804 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5805 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5806 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5809 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5811 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5817 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5818 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5819 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5820 addresses of the various sections. */
5823 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5826 const char *filter_shlib
,
5828 const char *depaudit
,
5829 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5830 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5831 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5835 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5836 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5840 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
5842 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5845 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5847 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5848 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5849 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5850 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5851 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5852 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5854 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5855 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5858 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5859 we're dynamic or not. */
5860 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5861 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5864 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5865 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5866 if (info
->execstack
)
5867 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5868 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5869 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
5873 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5876 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5878 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
5883 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5885 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5888 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5892 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5895 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
5896 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5897 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5898 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5899 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5902 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5904 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5906 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5907 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5909 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5910 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5912 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5914 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
5915 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
5919 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5921 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
5922 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5928 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5930 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5938 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5940 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
5943 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
5944 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
5948 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5952 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5953 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5954 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
5955 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5959 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5961 const char * const *p
;
5963 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5967 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5969 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
5970 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5979 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
5981 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
5982 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
5986 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
5990 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
5992 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
5993 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6000 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6001 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6002 if (info
->export_dynamic
6003 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6005 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6006 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6012 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6013 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6014 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6015 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6017 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6018 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6019 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6022 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6024 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6026 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6027 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6029 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6030 if (newname
== NULL
)
6032 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6033 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6035 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6036 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6038 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6039 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6040 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6043 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6044 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6046 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6048 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6049 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6050 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6055 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6056 not defined in a shared object. */
6058 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6059 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6060 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6064 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6065 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6066 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6068 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6069 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6074 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6076 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6078 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6079 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6080 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6083 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6084 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6085 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6090 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6095 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6096 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6097 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6098 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6103 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6104 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6105 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6107 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6108 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6109 h
= (info
->init_function
6110 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6111 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6118 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6121 h
= (info
->fini_function
6122 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6123 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6130 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6134 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6135 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6137 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6138 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6143 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
6144 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6145 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6146 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6147 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6148 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6151 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6156 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6160 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6161 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6164 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6165 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6167 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6168 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6171 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6172 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6174 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6175 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6179 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6180 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6181 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6182 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6183 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6184 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6186 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6188 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6189 if ((info
->emit_hash
6190 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6191 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6192 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6193 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6194 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6195 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6196 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6197 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6202 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6205 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6208 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6209 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6212 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6214 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6215 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6218 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6219 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6220 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6222 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6223 just linking a regular application. */
6224 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6226 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6227 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6228 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6230 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6231 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6236 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6238 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6239 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6240 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6241 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6247 /* Make space for the base version. */
6248 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6249 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6252 /* Make space for the default version. */
6253 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6255 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6259 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6261 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6263 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6267 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6268 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6271 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6272 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6276 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6277 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6280 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6284 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6285 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6288 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6290 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6291 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6295 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6296 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6297 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6300 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6302 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6304 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6305 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6312 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6313 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6314 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6316 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6318 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6320 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6322 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6323 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6324 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6325 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6327 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6329 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6330 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6332 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6334 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6337 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6338 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6340 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6343 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6344 aux block, but different flags. */
6347 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6349 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6350 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6353 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6354 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6355 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6357 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6358 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6359 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6361 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6364 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6366 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6371 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6374 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6376 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6377 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6379 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6381 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6384 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6385 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6387 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6390 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6392 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6393 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6395 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6396 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6397 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6398 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6399 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6402 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6403 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6404 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6405 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6407 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6408 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6409 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6411 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6412 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6413 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6415 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6416 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6418 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6419 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6420 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6421 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6423 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6424 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6425 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6427 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6429 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6431 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6433 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6437 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6438 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6441 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6442 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6444 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6446 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6447 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6448 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6452 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6453 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6456 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6459 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6461 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6464 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6466 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6472 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6473 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6476 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6480 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6482 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6483 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6485 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6488 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6489 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6491 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6493 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6494 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6499 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6500 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6503 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6508 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6511 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6515 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6517 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6519 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6520 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6524 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6525 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6529 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6534 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6538 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6541 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6543 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6544 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6545 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6546 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6548 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6551 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6552 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6555 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6556 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6558 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6559 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6560 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6562 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6564 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6565 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6566 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6567 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6570 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6573 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6575 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6576 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6577 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6581 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6582 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6585 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6589 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6590 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6591 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6592 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6594 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6595 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6601 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6602 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6604 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6608 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6609 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6610 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6612 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6617 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6618 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6620 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6624 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6625 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6626 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6627 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6628 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6630 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6634 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6635 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6636 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6637 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6639 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6643 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6644 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6645 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6649 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6651 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6653 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6656 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6657 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6659 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6663 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6664 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6665 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6667 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6669 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6670 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6671 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6672 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6674 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6675 §ion_sym_count
);
6677 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6678 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6679 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6680 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6682 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6683 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6684 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6687 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6691 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6692 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6693 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6694 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6695 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6696 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6697 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
6698 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6699 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6701 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6702 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6705 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
6706 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6707 ++section_sym_count
;
6708 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6710 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6712 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6713 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6714 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6716 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6717 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6719 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6721 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6723 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6724 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6726 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6727 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6728 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6730 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6731 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6733 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6734 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6735 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6742 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6744 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6747 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6750 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6752 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6753 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6754 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6755 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6756 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6757 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6760 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6761 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6762 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6765 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6768 unsigned char *contents
;
6769 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6773 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6775 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6776 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6778 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6779 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6780 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6783 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6784 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6785 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6788 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6789 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6790 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6793 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6798 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6800 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6802 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6806 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6807 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6809 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6811 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6812 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6813 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6814 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6815 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6816 if (contents
== NULL
)
6818 s
->contents
= contents
;
6819 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6820 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6821 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6822 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6823 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6825 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6826 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6827 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6828 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6829 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6830 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6831 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6835 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6836 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6840 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6842 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6844 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6845 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6847 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6848 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6850 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6856 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6857 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6858 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6859 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6860 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6861 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6862 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6863 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6865 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6869 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6870 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6871 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6872 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6874 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6875 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6876 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6877 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6879 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6880 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6882 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6883 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6885 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6886 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6887 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6889 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6890 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6891 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6892 if (contents
== NULL
)
6894 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6895 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6899 s
->contents
= contents
;
6900 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6901 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6902 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6903 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6904 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6906 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6908 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6909 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6911 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6915 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6917 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6918 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6919 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6921 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6922 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6924 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6926 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6929 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6930 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6934 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6935 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6937 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6939 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6941 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6942 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6949 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6952 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6955 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6956 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6959 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6962 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6967 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6970 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6971 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
6972 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6973 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
6974 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
6975 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6976 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6977 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6979 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6981 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6982 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
6983 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6984 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6986 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6987 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6990 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6991 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6992 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6996 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6998 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6999 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7000 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7003 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7007 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7008 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7013 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7014 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7017 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7018 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7020 /* Set local fields. */
7023 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7024 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7025 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7026 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7027 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7028 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7029 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7030 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7037 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7038 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7041 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7042 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7043 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7045 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7047 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7048 symbol which just became indirect if DIR isn't a hidden versioned
7051 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7053 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7054 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7055 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7056 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7057 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7058 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7061 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7064 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7065 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7066 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7067 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7069 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7070 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7071 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7072 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7075 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7077 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7078 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7079 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7080 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7083 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7085 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7086 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7087 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7088 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7090 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7095 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7097 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7099 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7100 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7102 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7107 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7108 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7111 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7117 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7121 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7122 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7124 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7125 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7127 unsigned int entsize
,
7128 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7131 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7133 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7134 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7135 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7136 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7137 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7138 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7140 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7142 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7143 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7148 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7150 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7151 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7153 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7154 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7156 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7160 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7161 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7167 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7172 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7175 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7177 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7179 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7180 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7181 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7182 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7183 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7186 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7187 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7188 entry for a dynamic object. */
7191 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7193 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7194 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7195 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7199 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7202 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7203 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7204 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7211 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7213 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7214 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7215 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7218 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7219 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7221 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7222 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7223 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7225 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7227 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7230 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7231 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7233 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7234 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7235 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7237 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7239 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7242 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7243 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7244 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7247 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7249 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7250 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7251 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7255 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7256 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7259 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7260 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7263 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7264 unsigned int elfsec
;
7265 unsigned long shlink
;
7266 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7268 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7272 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7273 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7276 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7277 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7280 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7283 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7284 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7287 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7289 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7290 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7293 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7294 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7296 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7298 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7300 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7303 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7306 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7307 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7310 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7315 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7336 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7338 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7339 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7340 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7343 struct elf_symbuf_head
7345 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7347 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7354 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7355 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7360 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7363 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7365 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7366 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7368 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7372 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7374 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7375 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7376 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7379 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7380 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7382 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7383 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7384 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7385 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7387 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7391 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7392 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7393 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7396 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7397 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7400 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7401 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7402 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7405 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7406 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7407 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7408 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7414 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7415 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7416 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7417 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7418 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7420 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7423 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7424 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7425 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7427 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7428 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7429 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7432 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7433 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7440 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7444 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7445 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7448 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7449 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7450 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7451 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7452 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7453 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7454 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7455 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7456 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7462 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7463 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7464 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7467 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7470 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7471 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7472 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7475 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7476 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7477 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7478 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7479 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7480 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7482 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7488 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7489 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7491 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7493 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7495 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7498 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7499 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7500 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7503 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7505 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7507 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7510 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7511 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7512 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7515 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7517 /* Optimized faster version. */
7519 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7520 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7523 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7528 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7529 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7531 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7535 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7542 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7547 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7548 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7550 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7554 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7560 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7564 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7566 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7567 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7571 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7572 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7574 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7575 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7581 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7582 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7584 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7585 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7590 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7591 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7592 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7593 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7594 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7596 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7597 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7598 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7599 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7600 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7607 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7608 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7609 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7610 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7611 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7614 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7616 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7617 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7618 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7621 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7622 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7623 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7625 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7628 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7630 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7631 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7633 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7635 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7636 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7638 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7639 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7640 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7641 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7642 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7644 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7645 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7646 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7647 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7648 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7666 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7669 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7670 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7674 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7675 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7678 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7681 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7683 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7685 struct elf_final_link_info
7687 /* General link information. */
7688 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7691 /* Symbol string table. */
7692 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7693 /* .hash section. */
7695 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7696 asection
*symver_sec
;
7697 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7699 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7700 void *external_relocs
;
7701 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7702 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7703 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7705 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7706 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7707 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7708 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7710 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7711 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7712 of any input BFD. */
7714 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7715 symbol of any input BFD. */
7716 asection
**sections
;
7717 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
7718 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7719 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7720 size_t filesym_count
;
7723 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7725 struct elf_outext_info
7728 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7729 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7730 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7734 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7736 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7737 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7738 relocations themselves.
7740 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7741 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7742 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7743 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7745 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7746 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7747 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7748 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7751 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7752 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7755 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7756 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7760 <binary-operator> := as in C
7761 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7764 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7765 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7770 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7771 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7772 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7774 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7776 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7778 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7779 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7781 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7782 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7783 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7784 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7787 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7791 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7792 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7794 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7795 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7796 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7797 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7798 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7799 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7800 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7801 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7805 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7807 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7809 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7812 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7813 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7814 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7815 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7818 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7820 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7824 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7827 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7828 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7831 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7832 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7834 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7836 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7838 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7839 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7841 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7842 (unsigned long) *result
);
7848 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7849 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7850 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7854 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7855 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7857 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7858 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7859 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7861 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7862 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7870 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
7871 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
7872 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
7875 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7883 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7884 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7886 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7890 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7891 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
7892 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7894 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7895 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7898 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7900 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7902 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
7906 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7914 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7916 /* xgettext:c-format */
7917 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7922 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7925 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7927 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7936 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7938 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7943 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7945 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7958 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7962 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7966 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7967 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7969 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7971 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7975 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7976 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7977 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7979 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7980 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7981 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7982 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7984 if (symbol_is_section
)
7986 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
7987 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7988 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7990 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7996 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7997 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7998 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8001 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8008 /* All that remains are operators. */
8010 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8011 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8013 sym += strlen (#op); \
8017 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8018 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8021 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8027 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8028 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8030 sym += strlen (#op); \
8034 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8035 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8038 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8039 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8042 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8072 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8073 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8079 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8080 unsigned long chunksz
,
8085 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8087 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8092 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8096 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8100 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8101 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8107 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8108 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8121 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8122 unsigned long chunksz
,
8129 /* Sanity checks. */
8130 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8133 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8134 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8135 && location
!= NULL
);
8137 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8139 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8141 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8142 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8143 of the loop below. */
8147 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8149 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8154 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8157 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8160 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8164 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8175 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8176 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8177 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8178 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8179 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8180 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8181 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8182 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8183 unsigned long encoded
)
8185 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8186 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8187 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8188 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8189 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8190 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8191 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8192 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8195 bfd_reloc_status_type
8196 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8197 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8199 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8202 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8203 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8204 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8206 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8207 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8208 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8209 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8210 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8212 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8213 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8214 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8216 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8219 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8221 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8223 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8224 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8227 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8228 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8229 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8230 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8231 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8232 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8233 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8238 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8239 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8240 ? complain_overflow_signed
8241 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8242 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8246 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8249 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8250 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8251 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8252 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8253 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8254 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8256 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8257 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8261 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8262 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8263 know the value is aligned. */
8266 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8273 const union aligned32
*a
8274 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8276 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8277 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8278 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8279 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8284 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8291 const union aligned32
*a
8292 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8294 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8295 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8296 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8297 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8301 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8303 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8310 const union aligned64
*a
8311 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8313 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8314 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8315 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8316 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8317 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8318 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8319 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8320 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8325 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8332 const union aligned64
*a
8333 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8335 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8336 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8337 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8338 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8339 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8340 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8341 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8342 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8347 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8348 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8349 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8353 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8355 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8359 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8361 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8362 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8363 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8365 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8366 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8368 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8370 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8371 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8373 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8375 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8376 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8381 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8384 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8391 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8395 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8396 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8398 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8401 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8404 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8406 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8407 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8408 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8409 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8410 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8413 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8414 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8416 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8418 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8421 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8422 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8424 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8426 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8427 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8428 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8429 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8435 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8436 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8437 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8438 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8439 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8445 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8446 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8447 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8448 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8449 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8450 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8453 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8454 speeding the main loop below. */
8455 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8456 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8458 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8467 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8468 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8469 have the same r_offset. */
8470 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8471 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8472 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8473 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8476 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8478 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8479 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8480 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8482 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8487 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8488 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8489 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8490 called. See pr17666. */
8491 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8492 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8493 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8494 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8495 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8496 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8497 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8498 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8502 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8506 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8508 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8509 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8510 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8514 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8515 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8516 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8518 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8521 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8522 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8523 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8529 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8535 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8536 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8537 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8541 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8543 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8544 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8545 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8547 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8548 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8550 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8552 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8554 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8556 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8558 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8560 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8566 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8568 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8569 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8571 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8573 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8575 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8577 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8579 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8581 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8587 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8589 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8592 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8593 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8594 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8595 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8596 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8597 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8598 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8599 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8600 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8601 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8603 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8605 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8606 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8607 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8608 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8609 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8611 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8613 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8614 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8617 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8618 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8619 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8620 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8622 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8624 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8626 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8627 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8628 It is of no help to us. */
8632 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8633 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8635 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8636 "they are in more than one size"),
8638 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8644 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8648 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8650 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8651 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8653 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8654 "they are in more than one size"),
8656 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8662 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8667 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8668 something is wrong. */
8669 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8670 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8671 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8676 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8677 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8679 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8681 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8683 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8684 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8685 It is of no help to us. */
8689 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8690 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8692 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8693 "they are in more than one size"),
8695 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8701 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8705 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8707 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8708 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8710 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8711 "they are in more than one size"),
8713 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8719 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8724 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8725 something is wrong. */
8726 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8727 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8728 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8733 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8737 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8739 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8746 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8747 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8748 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8749 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8753 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8754 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8755 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8756 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8760 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8761 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8762 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8764 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8767 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8768 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8770 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8773 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8777 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8778 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8782 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8783 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8785 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8787 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8788 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8790 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8791 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8793 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8795 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8796 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8797 relocs in this case. */
8802 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8803 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8805 while (erel
< erelend
)
8807 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8809 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8810 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8811 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8817 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8819 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8821 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8822 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8828 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8829 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8831 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8832 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8834 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8837 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8839 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
8840 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
8842 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
8843 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
8844 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8845 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
8847 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
8849 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
8850 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
8851 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
8852 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
8853 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
8854 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
8860 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
8863 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
8868 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8869 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8871 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8872 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8875 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8876 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
8877 while (erel
< erelend
)
8879 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8880 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8887 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8891 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
8894 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8896 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8897 asection
*input_sec
,
8898 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8900 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8901 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8902 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8903 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
8904 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8905 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
8907 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
8909 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8910 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8911 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8913 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8920 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
8921 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8924 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8925 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8927 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8929 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8933 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
8934 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
8935 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
8937 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
8938 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
8939 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
8941 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
8943 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
8946 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
8947 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
8948 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
8949 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
8950 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
8952 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8953 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
8958 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
8962 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
8964 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
8967 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8969 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8973 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
8976 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
8978 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8980 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
8981 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8985 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
8987 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8988 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8989 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
8990 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
8997 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
8999 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9000 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9001 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9004 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9005 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9006 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9007 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9008 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9009 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9010 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9011 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9014 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9015 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9016 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9017 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9018 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9020 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9028 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9029 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9034 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9037 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9039 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9040 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9042 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9045 /* xgettext:c-format */
9046 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9047 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9048 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9054 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9055 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9056 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9057 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9058 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9061 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9063 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9066 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9068 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9071 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9072 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9073 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9075 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9081 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9082 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9083 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9085 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9086 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9090 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9091 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9092 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9095 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9096 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9099 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9101 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9103 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9106 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9111 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9112 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9113 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9114 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9115 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9117 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9119 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9121 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9122 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9125 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9127 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9128 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9130 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9135 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9136 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9139 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9142 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9144 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9147 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9148 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9149 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9150 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9153 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9154 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9155 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9163 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9164 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9165 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9168 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9169 unsigned short version_index
;
9171 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9172 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9175 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9178 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9181 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9183 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9185 && h
->forced_local
))
9187 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9188 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9189 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9194 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9195 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9197 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9211 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9214 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9216 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9217 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9219 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9223 case elf_stt_common
:
9226 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9233 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9234 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9235 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9236 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9237 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9241 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9243 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9244 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9245 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9247 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9248 asection
*input_sec
;
9249 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9253 /* A symbol is bound locally if it is forced local or it is locally
9254 defined, hidden versioned, not referenced by shared library and
9255 not exported when linking executable. */
9256 bfd_boolean local_bind
= (h
->forced_local
9257 || (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9258 && !flinfo
->info
->export_dynamic
9262 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
));
9264 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9266 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9267 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9271 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9272 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9283 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9285 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9287 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9288 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9289 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9290 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9292 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9294 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9295 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9296 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9297 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9299 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9302 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9303 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9304 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9305 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9306 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9307 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9309 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9311 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9316 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9317 shared libraries. */
9318 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9323 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9324 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9328 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9330 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9331 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9332 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9334 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9335 /* xgettext:c-format */
9336 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9337 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9338 /* xgettext:c-format */
9339 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9341 /* xgettext:c-format */
9342 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9343 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9344 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9345 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9346 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
9347 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9348 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9349 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9353 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9354 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9355 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9360 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9362 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9366 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9368 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9369 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9370 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9372 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9373 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9374 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9375 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9376 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9377 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9378 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9380 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9381 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9382 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9383 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9388 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9389 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9390 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9391 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9394 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9395 && !h
->forced_local
)
9399 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9400 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9401 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9404 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9405 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9409 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9410 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9411 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9412 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9415 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9416 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9418 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9419 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9422 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9423 input_sec
->output_section
);
9424 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9427 /* xgettext:c-format */
9428 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9429 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9430 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9431 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9435 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9436 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9438 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9439 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9441 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9442 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9444 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9445 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9446 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9452 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9453 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9454 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9455 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9460 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9461 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9462 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9463 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9466 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9467 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9468 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9469 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9470 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9471 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9472 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9476 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9477 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9479 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9480 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9482 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9483 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9484 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9485 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9489 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9490 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9498 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9499 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9500 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9502 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9503 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9504 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9505 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9506 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9507 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9509 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9510 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9512 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9513 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9514 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9515 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9516 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9517 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9519 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9520 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9522 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9523 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9524 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9525 || !h
->forced_local
)
9526 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9528 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9529 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9531 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9536 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9537 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9538 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9539 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9540 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9541 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9542 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9544 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9545 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9548 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9550 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9551 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9554 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9555 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9557 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9558 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9561 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9562 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9563 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9564 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9565 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9570 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9571 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9572 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9573 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9574 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9575 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9580 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9581 /* xgettext:c-format */
9582 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9583 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9584 /* xgettext:c-format */
9585 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9587 /* xgettext:c-format */
9588 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9589 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9590 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9591 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9595 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9596 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9597 the entry in the .hash section. */
9598 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
9600 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9604 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9605 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9606 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
9607 by shared library, not locally defined, or not bound locally.
9609 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9611 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9613 || !h
->def_regular
))
9615 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9617 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9620 /* xgettext:c-format */
9621 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9622 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9623 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9628 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9629 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
9630 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
9631 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9633 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9636 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9638 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9640 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9641 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9646 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9647 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9650 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9651 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9652 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9653 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9654 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9656 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9657 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9658 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9661 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9663 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9664 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9666 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9668 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9669 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9670 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9671 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9673 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9677 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9678 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9680 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9681 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9685 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
9687 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
9688 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9690 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9691 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9692 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9696 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
9697 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
9698 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
9699 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
9701 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9703 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
9707 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9710 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
9711 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
9712 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
9713 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
9714 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
9715 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
9716 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
9717 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
9718 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
9719 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
9721 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
9723 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
9724 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9725 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9726 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
9727 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9730 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
9733 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9734 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
9738 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9743 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9749 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9750 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9753 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9755 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9757 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9759 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9760 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9761 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
9767 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9768 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9769 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9775 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9776 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9777 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9778 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9779 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9780 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9781 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9782 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9785 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9787 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9790 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9793 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9796 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9799 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9802 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9803 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9805 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9806 asection
*s
= first
;
9810 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9813 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9821 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9822 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9826 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9830 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9833 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9834 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9836 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9837 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9839 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9844 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9845 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9846 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9847 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9850 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9852 int (*relocate_section
)
9853 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9854 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9856 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9859 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9860 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9861 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9863 asection
**ppsection
;
9865 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9866 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9867 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9868 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9870 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9872 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9873 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9874 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9876 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9877 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9879 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9882 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9883 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9885 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9890 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9891 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9894 /* Read the local symbols. */
9895 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9896 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9898 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9899 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9900 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9901 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9902 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9906 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9907 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9908 going into the output file. */
9909 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9910 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9912 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9916 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9922 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9924 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9931 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9932 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9933 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9934 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9935 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9936 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9939 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9942 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9943 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9947 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9948 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9950 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9951 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9957 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
9958 output any undefined local symbol. */
9959 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
9962 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9964 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9965 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9970 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9972 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9975 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9976 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9977 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9978 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9980 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9983 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9984 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9985 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9986 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9987 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9988 isec
->output_section
))
9991 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9992 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9997 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9998 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9999 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10001 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10002 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10003 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10004 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10005 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10008 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10010 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10011 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10012 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10014 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10015 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10017 if (!have_file_sym
)
10019 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10020 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10021 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10022 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10023 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10024 source file, but the best we can do. */
10025 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10026 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10027 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10028 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10029 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10030 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10031 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10032 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10033 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10040 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10041 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10042 isec
->output_section
);
10043 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10046 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10047 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10048 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10049 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10050 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10051 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10052 these requirements. */
10053 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10054 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10056 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10057 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10059 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10060 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10061 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10065 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10066 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10073 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10075 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10081 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10086 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10087 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10088 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10090 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10092 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10094 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10098 if (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10099 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10101 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10102 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10103 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10104 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10106 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10107 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10108 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10111 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10112 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10113 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10114 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10116 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10118 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10120 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10121 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10122 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10126 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10128 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10129 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10130 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10135 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10136 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10141 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10143 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10146 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10148 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10149 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10154 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10158 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10159 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10163 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10164 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10167 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10169 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10174 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10175 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10176 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10177 the routines which work on output files. */
10178 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10180 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10181 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10183 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10185 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10186 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10191 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10192 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10196 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10198 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10199 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10200 int action_discarded
;
10203 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10205 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10206 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10207 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10208 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10211 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10212 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10213 if (o
->size
> address_size
10214 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10215 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10216 ".init_array") == 0)
10217 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10218 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10219 ".fini_array") == 0))
10220 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10222 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10225 /* xgettext:c-format */
10226 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
10227 "multiple of address size"),
10229 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
10232 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10235 action_discarded
= -1;
10236 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10237 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10239 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10240 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10241 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10242 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10243 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10245 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10246 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10247 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10249 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10250 unsigned int s_type
;
10251 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10252 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10253 const char *sym_name
;
10255 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10258 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10259 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10260 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10262 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10264 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10265 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10266 we do not seg fault. */
10271 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
10273 /* xgettext:c-format */
10274 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
10275 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10276 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
10277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10281 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10282 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10283 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10287 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10288 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10289 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10290 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10291 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10292 if (h
->root
.non_ir_ref
10293 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10294 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10295 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10296 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10297 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10298 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10299 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10301 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10302 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10306 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10307 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10308 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10310 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10314 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10316 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10317 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10318 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10322 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10323 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10326 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10327 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10329 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10330 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10331 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10332 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10333 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10334 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10335 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10336 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10337 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10339 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10340 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10343 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10344 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10349 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10351 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10352 discarded section. */
10353 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10355 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10356 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10357 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10358 /* xgettext:c-format */
10359 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
10360 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
10361 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10363 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10364 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10365 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10366 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10367 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10368 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10369 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10373 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10385 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10387 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10388 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10389 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10390 reloc addend as necessary.
10392 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10393 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10395 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10396 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10397 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10399 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10400 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10401 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10402 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10403 the addend to be adjusted. */
10405 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10406 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10414 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10415 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10417 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10418 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10419 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10420 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10421 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10422 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10423 unsigned int next_erel
;
10424 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10425 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10427 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10428 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10429 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10431 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10433 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10434 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10435 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10436 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10437 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10439 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10440 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10441 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10442 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10443 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10444 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10445 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10446 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10447 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10449 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10451 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10453 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10459 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10461 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10462 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10463 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10466 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10469 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10471 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10472 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10473 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10474 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10476 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10478 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10482 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10484 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10485 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10486 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10488 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10490 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10491 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10494 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10495 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10496 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10498 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10499 unsigned long indx
;
10501 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10502 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10503 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10504 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10505 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10506 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10507 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10508 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10509 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10510 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10511 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10512 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10514 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10515 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10516 used by a reloc. */
10517 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10525 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10528 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10529 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10530 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10532 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10533 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10534 processor specific section. */
10535 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10536 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10538 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10540 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10545 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10547 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10548 section will be the absolute section. In
10549 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10550 the kept section. relocate_section should
10551 have already handled discarded linkonce
10553 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10554 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10555 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10557 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10558 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10561 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10563 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10564 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10566 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10567 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10569 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10570 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10575 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10576 section winds up in the output section. */
10578 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10582 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10584 unsigned long shlink
;
10589 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10591 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10592 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10596 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10597 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10598 must output it now. */
10599 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10600 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10601 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10605 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10607 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10609 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10612 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10613 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10615 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10616 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10618 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10620 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10621 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10622 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10627 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10628 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
10634 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10639 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10642 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10643 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10646 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10647 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10648 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10650 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10655 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10656 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10657 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10660 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10661 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10663 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10672 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10673 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10674 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10677 /* Section written out. */
10679 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10681 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10682 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10684 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10685 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10688 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10689 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10690 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10693 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10695 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10700 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10702 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
10710 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10712 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10713 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10715 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
10717 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10719 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10722 todo
-= address_size
;
10723 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10731 offset
+= address_size
;
10735 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10749 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10750 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10751 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10755 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10756 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10757 asection
*output_section
,
10758 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10760 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10764 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10765 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10766 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10767 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10768 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10771 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10773 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10776 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10780 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10783 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10784 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10785 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10792 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10793 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10794 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10796 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10797 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10798 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10802 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10804 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10805 actually against the section. */
10806 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10807 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10808 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10809 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10811 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10812 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10816 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10817 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10818 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10819 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10820 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10821 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10822 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10824 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10826 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10827 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10834 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10835 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
10840 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10842 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10844 bfd_size_type size
;
10845 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10848 const char *sym_name
;
10850 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10851 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10852 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
10854 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10861 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10864 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10865 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10866 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10867 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10869 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10870 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
10871 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
10876 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10878 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
10885 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10886 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10888 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10889 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10890 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10892 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10894 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10895 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10896 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10898 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10899 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10901 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10903 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10904 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10905 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10907 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10908 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10912 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10913 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10914 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10923 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10926 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10928 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10932 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10933 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10934 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10935 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10937 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10938 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10939 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10940 where elfsec is 0. */
10943 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10944 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10945 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10946 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10947 /* xgettext:c-format */
10948 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10953 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10954 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10959 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
10960 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
10963 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
10968 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
10969 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
10972 return apos
> bpos
;
10976 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
10977 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
10978 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
10979 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
10982 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
10984 int seen_linkorder
;
10987 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10989 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10991 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
10992 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
10996 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
10998 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10999 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11001 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11003 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11005 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11006 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11007 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11008 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11009 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11010 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11024 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11026 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11028 /* xgettext:c-format */
11029 (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] "
11030 "and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
11032 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
11036 (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11037 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11042 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11045 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11046 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11047 if (sections
== NULL
)
11049 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11051 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11053 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11055 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11056 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11057 compare_link_order
);
11059 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11061 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11063 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11064 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11065 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11066 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11067 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11074 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11075 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11078 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11080 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11082 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11084 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11086 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11090 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11092 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11093 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11095 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11098 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11099 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11100 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11101 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
))
11104 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11105 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11106 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11107 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11108 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11109 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11112 /* Get symbol table size. */
11113 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11117 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11118 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11119 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11123 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11124 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11125 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11128 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11129 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11130 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11133 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11136 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11137 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no symbol found for import library"),
11143 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11144 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11145 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11146 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11148 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11149 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11150 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11151 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11152 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11153 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11154 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11155 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11158 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11160 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11161 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11162 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11163 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11166 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11177 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11181 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11182 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11183 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11184 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11185 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11186 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11187 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11188 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11189 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11190 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11191 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11192 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11193 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11194 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11195 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11196 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11197 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11198 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11199 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11200 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11201 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11203 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11204 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11205 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11206 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11207 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11211 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11214 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11216 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11217 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11219 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11221 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11223 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11224 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11225 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11226 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11227 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11228 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11230 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11231 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11232 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11233 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11234 bfd_boolean merged
;
11235 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11236 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11238 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11239 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11240 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11242 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
11245 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11246 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11248 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
11249 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11251 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11252 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11254 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11255 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11256 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11257 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11262 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11263 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11267 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11268 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11269 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11270 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11273 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11274 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11275 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11276 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11277 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11278 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11279 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11280 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11281 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11282 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11284 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11285 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11287 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11288 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11290 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11291 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11293 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11295 asection
*input_section
;
11297 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11299 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11300 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11301 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11302 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11305 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11308 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11310 /* Skip this section later on. */
11311 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11314 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11318 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11319 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11320 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11321 max_contents_size
= 0;
11322 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11323 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11325 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11327 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11329 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11330 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11332 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11334 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11335 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11336 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11338 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11339 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11341 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11345 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11346 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11348 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11349 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11350 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11351 the linker has decided to not include. */
11352 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11354 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11357 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11358 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11359 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11360 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11361 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11363 else if (emit_relocs
)
11365 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11366 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11369 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11370 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11373 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11374 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11376 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11377 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11378 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11379 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11381 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11383 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11384 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11388 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11389 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11390 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11392 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11394 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11395 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11397 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11398 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11399 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11401 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11403 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11405 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11406 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11407 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11408 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11410 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11411 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11412 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11413 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11418 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11421 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11422 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11424 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11428 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11429 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11431 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11433 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11434 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11440 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11442 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11446 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11447 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11450 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11451 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11452 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11453 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11456 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11457 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11458 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11459 sections are handled correctly. */
11460 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11461 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11465 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11466 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
11467 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11469 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11470 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11471 to create a symbol table. */
11472 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11473 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11474 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11477 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11478 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11480 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11481 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11484 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11488 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11492 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11493 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11494 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11495 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11497 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11499 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11500 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11501 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11502 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11503 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11506 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11507 if (contents
== NULL
)
11509 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11513 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11514 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11515 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11516 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11517 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11518 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11519 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11520 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11521 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11522 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11523 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11524 /* sh_info is set below. */
11525 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11526 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11528 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11529 max_sym_count
= 20;
11530 elf_hash_table (info
)->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11531 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11532 elf_hash_table (info
)->strtab
11533 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11534 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->strtab
== NULL
)
11536 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11538 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11539 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11541 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11543 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11545 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11547 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11548 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11549 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11551 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11553 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11554 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11555 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11556 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11557 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11558 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11559 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11560 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11563 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11564 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11565 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11566 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11567 outputting relocs. */
11569 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11570 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11571 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11572 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11573 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11574 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11576 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
11579 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11580 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
11581 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11582 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
11583 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
11590 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
11592 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
11594 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
11595 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
11599 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
11601 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
11602 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
11606 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
11608 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
11609 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
11610 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11611 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11615 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
11617 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11618 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11619 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
11622 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
11623 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11624 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11627 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11628 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11629 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11632 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11633 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11634 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11638 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11640 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11641 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11642 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11646 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
11648 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11651 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
11652 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11655 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11658 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11660 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11663 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11665 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11667 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
11668 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11669 alignment requirements. */
11670 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11671 end
= align_power (end
,
11672 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11673 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11676 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11677 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11679 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11683 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
11686 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11687 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11688 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11689 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11690 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11692 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11693 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11694 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11695 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11696 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11697 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11698 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11699 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11700 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11701 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11702 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11703 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11704 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11706 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11707 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11708 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11710 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11712 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11713 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11714 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11715 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11717 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11719 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11721 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11724 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11725 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11727 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11732 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11734 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11735 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11736 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11737 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11738 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11740 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11742 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11744 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11745 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11746 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11750 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
11752 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11753 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11754 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11758 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11760 /* xgettext:c-format */
11761 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11762 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11771 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11772 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11774 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11775 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11776 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11778 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11779 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11783 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11784 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11785 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11786 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11787 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11788 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11789 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11790 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11791 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11792 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11793 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11797 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11798 table, do it now. */
11799 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
11800 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11802 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11803 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11804 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11806 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11807 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
11808 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
11812 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11813 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11814 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11815 converted to local in a version script. */
11817 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11818 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11821 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
11822 && (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
->output_section
11823 != bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
11825 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11826 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
->contents
;
11828 o
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
->output_section
;
11829 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
11830 = elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
11832 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11833 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11834 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
11840 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11842 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11844 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11850 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11853 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11854 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11855 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11856 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11858 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11859 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11860 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11864 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11865 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
11867 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11868 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11873 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11874 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11875 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11877 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11879 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11884 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11885 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11887 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11889 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11892 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11893 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11898 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11899 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11900 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11901 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11902 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11906 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11907 table, do it now. */
11908 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
11909 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11911 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11912 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11915 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11916 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
11917 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
11921 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
11922 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11924 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
11925 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
11928 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
11929 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
11931 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
11933 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
11934 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
11936 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
11937 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
11939 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
11940 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11941 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11942 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11943 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
11945 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
11948 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11949 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
11953 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
11954 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
11955 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
11956 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
11957 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
11958 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11959 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
11960 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
11961 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
11962 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11963 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
11965 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
11967 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
11969 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11970 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
11974 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
11976 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: failed to generate import library"),
11977 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
11981 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
11982 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11984 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11986 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
11989 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
11990 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
11991 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
))
11993 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
11994 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
))
11997 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
11998 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
11999 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12002 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12003 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12005 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12006 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12009 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12011 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12012 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12013 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12015 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12016 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12017 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12019 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12023 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12030 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12032 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12034 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12035 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12038 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12045 name
= info
->init_function
;
12048 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12051 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12053 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
12054 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12056 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12057 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12059 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12060 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12061 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12062 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12063 + o
->output_offset
);
12066 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12067 library and does not apply to this one. */
12068 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12075 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12076 name
= ".preinit_array";
12078 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12079 name
= ".init_array";
12081 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12082 name
= ".fini_array";
12084 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12088 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12093 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12094 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12097 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12098 name
= ".preinit_array";
12100 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12101 name
= ".init_array";
12103 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12104 name
= ".fini_array";
12106 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12113 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12122 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12125 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12128 name
= ".gnu.version";
12130 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12135 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12138 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12141 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12142 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12145 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12152 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12156 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
12157 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12158 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12160 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12162 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12163 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12164 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12166 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12167 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12170 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
12171 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
12172 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12178 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12182 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12183 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12185 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12188 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12189 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12190 || info
->error_textrel
)
12191 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12193 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12195 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12196 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12197 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12199 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12201 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12203 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12205 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12206 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12207 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
12209 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12210 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
12216 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12218 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12220 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12222 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12224 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12225 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12228 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12230 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12232 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12234 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12236 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12237 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12243 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12247 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12248 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12249 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
12250 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
12256 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12258 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12260 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12265 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12266 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12268 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
12272 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12275 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12277 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12281 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12282 if (contents
== NULL
)
12283 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12284 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12285 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12292 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12296 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12299 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12300 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12302 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12303 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12305 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12306 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12308 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12309 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12310 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12311 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12313 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12314 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12318 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12319 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12322 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12323 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12325 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12327 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12328 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12330 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12331 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12333 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12335 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12338 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12339 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12344 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12347 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12349 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12351 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12352 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12353 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12354 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12357 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12358 of input bfd ABFD. */
12361 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12362 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12365 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12367 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12369 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12370 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12374 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12376 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12377 info
->keep_memory
);
12378 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12380 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12381 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
12382 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
12384 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12388 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12392 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12395 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12396 free (cookie
->rels
);
12399 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12402 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12403 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12406 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12408 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12413 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12418 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12422 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12425 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12426 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12429 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12431 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12434 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12435 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12436 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12437 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12438 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12442 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12444 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12445 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12446 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12448 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12449 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12456 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12461 /* For undefined __start_<name> and __stop_<name> symbols, return the
12462 first input section matching <name>. Return NULL otherwise. */
12465 _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12466 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
12469 const char *sec_name
;
12471 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
12472 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
12475 s
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
;
12478 if (s
== (asection
*) 0 - 1)
12484 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
12485 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
12486 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
12487 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
12489 if (sec_name
!= NULL
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
12493 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
12495 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
12498 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= s
;
12505 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= (asection
*) 0 - 1;
12510 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12511 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12512 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12515 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12516 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12517 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12518 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12520 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12521 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12523 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12524 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12527 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12528 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12530 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12533 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %B\n"),
12537 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12538 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12539 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12541 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12542 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12543 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12544 handling copy relocs. */
12545 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
12546 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
12548 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12550 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark all XXX input sections
12551 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
12552 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
12553 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
12554 representable as a C identifier. */
12555 asection
*s
= _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (info
, h
);
12559 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12564 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12567 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12568 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
12571 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12572 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
12573 the relocation symbol. */
12576 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12578 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12579 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
12582 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
12584 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
12585 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
12587 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
12589 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12590 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12592 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12597 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
12602 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
12603 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
12604 which define symbols to which it refers. */
12607 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12609 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12612 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
12616 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
12617 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
12618 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
12619 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12622 /* Look through the section relocs. */
12624 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
12625 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12626 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
12627 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
12629 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12631 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12635 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
12636 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12641 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12645 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
12647 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12649 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
12653 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
12654 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12656 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
12660 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
12661 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
12662 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
12668 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
12671 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
12673 /* Point to first section of section group. */
12675 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
12678 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
12679 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
12681 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
12682 and special section. */
12683 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
12686 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12687 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
12689 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
12690 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
12692 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12694 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12696 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
12697 keep all sections in this group. */
12698 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
12703 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12705 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12709 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
12712 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12713 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12717 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12720 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
12721 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
12723 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12726 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
12727 see if any other section is already marked,
12728 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
12729 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= FALSE
;
12730 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12732 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12734 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
12737 if (debug_frag_seen
== FALSE
12738 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
12739 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
12740 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
12743 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
12744 toss out the debug and special sections. */
12748 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12749 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
12750 just debug sections or special sections. */
12751 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12753 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12754 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
12755 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12756 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
12757 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
12761 if (! debug_frag_seen
)
12764 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12765 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12766 are associated with that code section. */
12767 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12768 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12769 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12774 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12776 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug section
12777 containing the name of the code section as a suffix. For
12778 example .debug_line.text.foo is a debug section associated
12780 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12784 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12785 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12788 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12791 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12792 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12802 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12804 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
12806 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12807 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
12812 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
12815 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12816 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12817 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
12818 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
12819 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
12820 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
12822 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
12824 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
12825 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
12826 h
->def_regular
= 0;
12827 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
12828 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
12834 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
12836 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
12837 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
12840 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12843 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12844 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
12845 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
12846 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
12848 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12852 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12853 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
12856 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12858 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
12859 sections in the section group. If the first member of
12860 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
12862 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12864 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
12865 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
12871 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
12872 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12875 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12876 to remove a section from the output. */
12877 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12879 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12880 /* xgettext:c-format */
12881 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
12883 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12884 info we collected before. */
12886 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12887 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
12888 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
12889 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12890 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12892 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12896 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12897 info
->keep_memory
);
12898 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12901 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
12903 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12904 free (internal_relocs
);
12912 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
12913 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
12914 static symbol table as well? */
12915 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
12916 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
12917 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
12920 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
12924 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
12925 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12928 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12930 /* Those that are not vtables. */
12931 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12934 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
12935 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
12938 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
12939 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
12942 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
12943 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
12945 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
12947 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
12949 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12950 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
12955 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
12957 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
12958 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12960 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12963 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12964 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12966 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
12967 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12968 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
12983 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12986 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
12987 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
12988 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12989 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12991 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
12992 well as those that are not loaded. */
12993 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12996 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12997 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
12999 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13000 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13001 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13003 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13005 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13006 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13007 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13009 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
13011 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13012 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13014 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13015 if (h
->vtable
->used
13016 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
13018 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13019 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
13022 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13023 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13029 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13030 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13034 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13036 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13037 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13039 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13040 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13042 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13043 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13044 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13045 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13046 || info
->export_dynamic
13049 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13050 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13051 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13052 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13053 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13058 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13059 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13062 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13064 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13066 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13068 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13070 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13071 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13074 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13075 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13076 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13077 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13078 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13083 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13084 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13086 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13088 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13091 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13093 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13096 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13099 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13101 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13102 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13104 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13105 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13112 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13115 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13117 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13119 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13120 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13121 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13123 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13124 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13126 _bfd_error_handler(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13130 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13131 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13133 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13134 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13135 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13136 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13137 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13140 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13142 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13143 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13145 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13146 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13147 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13148 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13149 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13150 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13154 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13155 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13159 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13160 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13164 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13165 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
13166 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13168 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13169 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13170 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13174 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13175 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13178 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13179 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13181 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13183 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13184 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13185 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13186 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13188 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13193 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13194 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13196 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13197 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13200 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13203 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13205 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13208 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13209 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13210 size_t extsymcount
;
13211 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13213 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13214 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13216 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13217 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13218 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13220 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13221 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13223 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13224 offset as the relocation. */
13225 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13227 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13228 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13229 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13230 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13231 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13235 /* xgettext:c-format */
13236 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT"),
13237 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
13238 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13242 if (!child
->vtable
)
13244 child
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13245 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
)));
13246 if (!child
->vtable
)
13251 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13252 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13253 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13254 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13256 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13259 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
13264 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13267 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13268 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13269 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13272 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13273 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13277 h
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13278 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
)));
13283 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
13285 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13286 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
13288 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13290 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13291 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13292 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13296 if (addend
>= size
)
13298 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13299 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13300 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13303 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13305 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13306 consolidation pass. */
13307 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13311 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13317 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13318 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13319 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13323 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13328 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13329 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13330 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
13333 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13338 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13342 flagword flag_value
;
13343 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13345 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13347 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13348 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13349 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13350 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13351 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13352 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13353 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13354 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13355 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13356 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13357 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13358 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13361 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13363 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13364 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13367 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13369 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13371 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13372 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13373 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13375 int without_hex
= 0;
13377 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13380 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13382 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13383 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13385 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13389 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13390 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13391 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13392 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13397 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13399 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13401 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13402 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13403 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13404 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13411 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13412 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13416 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13417 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13418 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13421 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13424 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13430 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13432 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13435 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13436 to real got offsets. */
13439 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13441 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13442 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13443 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13445 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13447 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13448 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13451 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13456 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13457 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13460 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13461 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13464 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13466 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13468 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13470 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13473 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13474 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13475 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13478 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13480 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13481 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13483 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13484 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13485 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13487 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13490 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13494 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13495 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13496 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13498 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13500 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13502 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13504 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13505 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13508 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13512 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13513 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13514 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13515 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13516 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13517 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13522 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13523 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13526 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13528 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13531 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13532 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13536 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13538 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13540 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13541 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13543 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13545 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13547 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13548 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13550 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13553 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13554 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13557 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13558 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13560 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13562 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13564 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13565 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13566 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13568 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13569 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13570 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13571 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13572 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13577 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13578 but it could be a relocation against a local
13579 symbol for a discarded section. */
13581 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13583 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13584 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13585 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13587 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13588 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13596 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13597 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13598 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13599 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13602 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13604 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13609 if (info
->traditional_format
13610 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13613 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
13618 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13621 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
13622 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
13626 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13629 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13632 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
13633 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
13634 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13638 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13643 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13644 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
13649 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13655 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13658 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13661 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
13662 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
13663 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13667 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13671 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
13673 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13675 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13678 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13680 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
13682 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
13685 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
13688 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
13692 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13693 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
13695 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
13696 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13697 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
13704 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
13706 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13709 const char *name
, *key
;
13710 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
13711 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
13713 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
13716 flags
= sec
->flags
;
13718 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
13719 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
13720 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
13723 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
13724 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
13725 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
13728 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
13730 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13731 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
13732 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
13733 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
13736 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
13737 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
13738 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
13741 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
13742 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
13743 single member groups. */
13747 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
13749 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13751 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
13752 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
13753 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
13754 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
13755 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
13756 type of section. */
13757 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13758 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13759 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
13760 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
13762 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
13763 issue a warning. */
13764 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
13767 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13769 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13770 asection
*s
= first
;
13774 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13775 /* Record which group discards it. */
13776 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13777 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
13778 /* These lists are circular. */
13788 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
13789 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13790 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13792 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13794 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13795 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13796 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13797 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13798 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13800 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13801 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13802 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13807 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
13808 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13809 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13811 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
13814 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
13815 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
13817 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13818 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
13823 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
13824 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
13825 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
13826 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
13827 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
13828 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
13829 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
13830 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
13831 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
13832 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
13833 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
13835 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
13836 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13837 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13838 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
13840 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
13841 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13845 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
13846 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
13847 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
13848 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13852 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13854 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
13858 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13864 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13866 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13870 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
13871 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13872 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13873 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13874 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13876 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13877 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
13880 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
13882 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
13884 static const char *
13885 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
13887 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13890 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
13891 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
13893 if (old_name
== NULL
)
13896 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
13897 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
13902 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
13903 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
13904 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
13908 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13910 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13912 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13914 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13916 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13920 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
13922 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13923 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13930 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
13931 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
13932 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
13935 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
13936 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
13937 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
13938 string table associated with ABFD. */
13941 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
13943 unsigned int alignment
,
13945 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13947 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13949 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13951 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13956 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
13958 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13960 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
13961 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
13962 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
13963 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
13965 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
13966 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13968 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
13969 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
13970 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
13971 seen to be a .rela section. */
13972 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
13973 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
13978 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13984 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
13985 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
13986 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
13987 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
13989 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
13990 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
13991 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
13993 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
13994 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
13995 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
13997 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
13998 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14000 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14001 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14004 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14007 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14009 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14010 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14011 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14012 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14015 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14018 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14020 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14021 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14022 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14023 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);